Search results

(101 - 120 of 157)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Madmum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Ubrary 12 EDU 388-A lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to Education Dept. In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Llbrary 1 ENG 2 19-A Instructor: John Schrnlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy General Education Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 249-A Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for the local productions. I Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course. Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly recommended. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech General Education Perspective:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 ENG 282-A ENG 482-A Instructor: John Mltchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo- rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling for upper dlvlslon credlt Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 21 English I ENG 282-8 Instructor Joan GrlftYn An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic contributions to medieval civilization. Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams. Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 42 THEATREINAND AROUND LONDON ENG 269-A InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances and four group dinners. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 30 FRE 243-A lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project, and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of lnst~ctor Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 27 GER 2 B A lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013 Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor Madmum Enrollment: 15 nme: I Room: Foss 2 1B HPE 232-A Instructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 HPE 475A Instructor:Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e sources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequlslte:BIO 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 477-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby l l l HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marllyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. Thls Is a one-half credlt course. Time:1 I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby l l l neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl UPâ¬48 I-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPâ¬47CFA Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball (Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. Thk Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPE 487-A lnstructoc Jeff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Time:1 I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 203 HIS 22GA HIS 32GA Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements for upper level. History Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Old Maln 13 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 I-A lnstructoc Chris Mmball Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of Instructor Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: I Room: Old Maln 29 I History INS 12GA lnstructoc Ann neener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars, reflective writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation. Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 210A lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 lime: I Room: Muslc 23 Interdisciplinary INS 225A I n s ~ c t o rAmln : Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time:1 I Room: Foa 20 INS 245-A lnstructoc Dlane Budco Women assume multiple roles within the work and family domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly, they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting types of behavior. The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will read several books related to women's roles in the work and family domains. The assessment of this component of the course is based on written responses to questions assigned for small group discussion. A second component of the course is a group project on the work and family roles of women. The assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects include an historical overview of the work and family roles of women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women. Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Maln 10 INS 275A Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and daily life. The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a paper. Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Interdisciplinary MAT 173-A lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes. This course should be usehl for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields. Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:20 Vine: I1 Room: Old Maln 16 MAT 253-A Insfructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the explorationof this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Science 1 12 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nlcholas Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For Music non-music majors. Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc Mcudmum Enrollment: 30 77me: I Room: Choral Room M-2 MUS 129 Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or the Instructor's pemlsslon. Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 394-A Instructor Cynthla Lohman "How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers. To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can directly empower their performing, this course focuses on exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression. Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro- cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre. Students will participate in the course through study and re hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes. Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or audlllon. Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room) NOR 1 I 1-A Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 175A lnstructoc Davld Apollonl We will begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles -Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty Madmum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 16 PHI 2 W A Instructor Mark Fuehrer This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm. Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student discussion will also be a factor. Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: 1 Room: Old Maln 22 mrrosopny PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Maximum Enrollment:20 7ime: I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 325A Instructor Stuart Anderson From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent), MAT 124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245). Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 30 POL 359-A Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values, and customs. Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions supporting the old regime, including the family and religion. Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective situations contradicted the policy in both cases. Students will be expected to read several books, plus some articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng wM FSU or number of Department Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 I Room: Muslc 24 PSY IOSA lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab reports, computer exercises, and class participation. Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology Madmum Enrollment:20 nine: 1 I Room: Murphy Place I PSY 20 1 -A lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and illness prevention and treatment. Prerequlslte: PSY 105 MaAmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 23 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of Instructor Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345A lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1 Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth Maxlmum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Old Maln I8 REL 366-A lnstructoc Brad Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Music 23 REL 445 lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be used toward graduation rellgion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Main I I SWK315A Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness modem health delivery and folk practices and different health conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers. SOC 23 1-A Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod The human family is examined as a social system within alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are seen within their cultural and institutional contexts. Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 13 SOC 265-A Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human groups who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular cultural group other than their own. This observation will become the basis for a class presentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class p r e sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban General Education Perspective: intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Fos 20 socrorogy I BEGINNINGSPANISHI SPA I1 1-A Instructoc GabfielaSweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 11 Madmum Enrollment:25 nme: 1 I Room: Old Maln 25 SPC 226-A lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson This course will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced. Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one final reflective paper. The class is designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre SPC 32 1-A lnstructoc James Hayes This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students will be required to enter three different forensics events at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b SPC 495-A Instructor: Anne Holmquest The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to the question: what causes conflict in communication and how should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods. e q wreading (onebook and Students will be evaluated on r articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally Speech, Communication & Theatre I will be asked to give an oral report on research. Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I/ Room: Foss 43 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World Vlew The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural Diversity Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawall Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and Services Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and Denmark Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland Ecuador Geography of the Baltic States A Greek Odyssey Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational Settings The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland International Business and Culture in a European Environment Law In London Uteraw Ireland Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of Europe In Search of the Anclent Romans South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United Kingdom Theatre In and Around London Thls Is New Zealand 2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In the Intertm Offlce. HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Total payment is due October 31,1992. Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247. Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk HPE 2 12-A Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A Information on either of the above programs, housing, and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom, Memorial 117A, 330-1197. Other Courses lrls @ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Socie
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES A...
Show more ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES ABOUT THISCATALOG INTERIM COURSES LIFETIME SPORTS UMAlE COURSES ALSO O N Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. INTERIM CALENDAR 1997 November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration January 6 ,.,. ......... dJar,rIY,Yd++,+ ............First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends ..................................Spring Semester Begins Interim Grades Due to Registrar February 7 .................... February 3 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at 330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024. ACC 424-1 lnstructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 LIFE DRAWING ART 247-1 lnstructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS ART 382-1 Instructor: Kristin Anderson Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This course will be taught in English. The course will be held at Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of 25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy, about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is $2,495 (includes airfare, room and board). Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 BIO 145-1 Instructor Bill Capman We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 RESPONDING TO THE CHALLENGE OF JAPAN BUS 368-1 Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The transition from centrally-planned economies to market systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe represents one of the most important changes of the post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for global trade and international business and certainly for U.S. bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 112 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, W Th Room: Memorial 323 CHM 100-1 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enroilment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-1 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 1 CSC 495-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center PO ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major and does not apply toward an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllment 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI DISCOVERY LEARN~NGIN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-1 Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan Relations, EDU 388-1. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDS 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, brainlmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION EDU 353-1 Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students are especially welcome to enroll. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci, limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms, which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. "Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1. Prerequisite: Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDU 491-1 lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member) Time: l Room: Library 4 EDUCATION TOPICS: CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN POETRY ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Time: I Room: Old Main 16 TOPICS: THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS ENG 2824 I'nstructor: Joan Griffin The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This course explores these themes in (mostly modern American) essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will include a service project and field trips in which we will explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion. Preference given to freshmen. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 ENG 282-W/482-W Instructor: Robert Cowgill This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal 1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his work. Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal, two short papers and a final video project are required. ' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long research paper as well. Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 QUANTITATIVE JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED REPORTINGAND RESEARCH ENG 347-1 Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 11 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 FRE 11 1-1 Instructor: Francoise duRivage This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 GER 111-1 lnstructor: John Van Cleve The course is for those poor souls who have never studied German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak, understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the European Economic Community's most-spoken language, supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enmllment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS ~NTRODUCT~ON TO FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1 lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be in English. Students may register under their particular majorlminor language. Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1 Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 I HPE 114-1 lnstructoc A1 Kloppen Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enmllmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 DANCE (MEN ONLY) (0.5 CREDIT) HPE 232-M lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - norlh court H PE 232- W Instructor Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - north courl HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION I HPE 250-1 Instructor: Staff Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies that promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HPE 320-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM (0.5 COURSE) OF HPE 410-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202 (January 6 - 21, 1997) HPE 455-1 lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-1 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 119 HPE 477-1 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202; Gym HPE 483-1 Instructor: Marilyn Florian Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202; Gym ~OTH-CENTURY SOUTH ASIA HIS 162-//HIS 462-1 lnstructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA HIS 331-1 Instructor: Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term and a final. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HON 213-1 Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez- faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a take-home final. Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY CREATIVITY AND HUN 401-I/HON 401-R Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially the new integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for understanding relations between the two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper will be required. Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section Time: I Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20 HONORS I INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS: LEARNING TOGETHER FROM WORKAND SERVICE I N THE CITY INS 199/399-1 Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference? In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood non-profit internship site working on a special project with three or four other students. Your internship team will have hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban communities and organizations. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only Liberal Arls Perspective: City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 INS 210-1 Instructor: William D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 INS 21 1-1 Instructor: Sandra Olmsted Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM INS 225-1 lnstructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 AMERICAN INDIANS IN THE CINEMA INS 264-1 Instructor: Eric Buffalohead Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1 Time: 6-10 p.m. Room: Old Main 16 FINITE MATH MAT 121-1 lnstructor: Su Doree What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and small group "hands-on" activities. I Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets, a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers. There will not be any quizzes or exams. This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning course. Prerequisite: Math 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 212 MAT 281/481-I Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400 level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor. Prerequisite: See course description Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 MATHEMATICS SOUNDS AND SIGHTS (UMAI E COURSE) OF EUROPE MUS 179-1 lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler 4 Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 330-1273. Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 32 SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE, 1951-1971 MUS 204-1 Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC AT THE COMPUTER MUS 295-1 Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO) Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.) MUS 295- TflHR 295-T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per- formance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium PHI 231-1 Instructor: David Apolloni Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN ~NTRODUC~~ON TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY PHY 337-1 Instructor Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two examinations. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-1 Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 POL 295-//POL 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process. This course will explore these changes and provide deeper background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict. Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation process. We will consider the potential for geo-political expansion of the conflict into nearby regions. Students will present two small oral presentations and one major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length films from Middle East film producers will complement course readings and lectures. Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 PSY 105-1 lnstructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports. Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW PSY 335-1 lnstructor: Nancy Steblay The course will address psychological issues in law, with specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests, written work and classroom participation. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS: THENEW TESTAMENT SOCIAL WORLD REL 330-1 Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 CHRISTIANVIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING REL 341-1 lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one test. Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 THEOLOGY OF MARRIAGE REL 343-1 lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 REL 345-1 lnstructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today? How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-1 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual- ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 SWK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximlim Enrollment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 111 S WK 466-l(ful1 course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) lnstructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room size) Room: Old Main 11 HUMAN COMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-1 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE THR 226-1 Instructor: Staff In this course students will explore the principles and styles of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance warm-up each session. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Theatre- south court The following activities are available to students during Interim and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC DANCE HPE 002-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 45 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - center court LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE FRISBEE HPE 002-F Instructor Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F Room: Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 201-1 Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand) AustraliaS Business Climate Caring for Others: The Swedish Model Drawing a Literary Map of Norway The English School and Family Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in Germany Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire The Trojan War: Myth and Legend These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. UMAI E THEWASHINGTON CENTER1997 Academic Seminars LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-A WOMENAs LEADERS (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-8 THE~NDEPENDENT SECTOR: ISSUES AND CAUSES (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY10,1997) POL 3984 CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION (JANUARY 14-20,1997) POL 398-0 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ........
Show more AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ...................52 About This Catalog Interim Courses Contents Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630 per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <steil@augsburg.edu>. Options . International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent study/research or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2000 November 15 to December 3 January 3 . . . . . . . . . Interim . registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First . day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Calligraphy I & II ART 106-J ART 306-J Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen 'I'his ct~i~rsc is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy, Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3 Mnxltr~~nrr Fnrollmant: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindeli 16 Personal Finance BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Chemistry for Changing Timer CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used every day come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Sverdrup 202 Computer Science Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J/373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 205 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 112-J Instructor: Satya t? Gupta The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple applications will be used. Students will take tests every week and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and problems solved. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-3 Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 4 Economics I American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Because language plays an important role in our socialization, the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic standing and our cultural background. In this course we will explore the ways in which both personal and group identities are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a number of American varieties of English and will attempt to describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Theatre In and Around London ENG 269-J Instructor: Ron Palosaari The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005. Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282-L ENG 482-L Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 English I Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-0 ENG 482-0 Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes. These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity ENG 2824 Instructor: Doug Green What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in English examines films from the early years of cinema to the present in order to explore depictions of and cultural assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure, we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the audience as well as in film production. There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the last week. Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation, and participation. Students missing more than two classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the course. All grades are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required for course credit). Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 English Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P ENG 482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose works have come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and Research ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m. Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204 Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic Christianity Along the Border HON 401-J Instructor: Margaret Madsen An introduction to denominations with a special focus on Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 - Enalish Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26 Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Patty Murphy This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1 learning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project", resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melbv 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff + Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN Health & Physical Education I ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) 20th-Century South Asia HIS 162-J HIS 462-J Instructor: Don Gustafson This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Topics in History: The Great Men of 20th-Century Europe and Their Myths HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This course examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Topics in History: Early Minnesota History, 1849- 1900 HIS 195-1 Instructor: William Green This course will examine the political, economic, and social history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 20 Remembering the 20th Century HIS 440-J Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians, gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion about the waning 20th century. What has this century wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great increases in standards of living while famine and child labor persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that while the course will examine major events and developments of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will explore the century through a variety of personal narratives, both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory. Course materials will include several monographs and novels, films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with their oldest living relative. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Technically Speaking INS 21 1-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientist. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Interdisciplinary I Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time; I Room: Old Main 27 Topics: Minnesota Indians INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared to see how each group has done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation. Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare, treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of major issues through written exams and research projects/presentations. Upper division students will be expected to do more comprehensive research. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 21 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser at 330- 1664) Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26. Interdisciplinary I Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments; and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 9. Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Math Elective for MIS major; economics major Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Christopher Schwartz Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Mathematics 1 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 247-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see connections between mathematics and "real world" problems and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and Differential equations is a must for anyone considering majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation, quizzes, projects, and a final exam. Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Foss MAC Beginning German I GER I l l - J Instructor: Don Steinmetz This course is for students with no previous background in German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Beginning Norwegian I NOR I1 I-J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 S anish and Latin-American Culture T rough Film I: SPA 248-J Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Modern Languages I + Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-J Instructor: Roberta Kagin This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 295-S Instructor: Robert Karlen + Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266. Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica t MUS 2 9 5 4 Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Stacke, (612) 330-1271. Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Music I The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso- pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar format. Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main I1 Science, Technology, and Values PHY 117-J Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming; depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a major project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Physics in Science and Fantasy Fiction PH Y 220-J Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved. Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics. Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor. Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2 Graduation Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I1 Room: Science 108 Physics -. I Introduction to Space Science PH Y 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Global Peace and Justice: Focus on Northern Ireland POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism, liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and we will view some films related to the topic, including The Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation and role-playing of international negotiations to give students a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics: Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian "Women on the Eve o the Millennium" 9 POL 195-J POL 359-J Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media, Political Science I etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer (10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be taken from books and articles. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PS Y 335-J Instructor: lVancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership REL 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m. Room: Murphy Place 100 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Religion Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States, and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor: Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 S WK 2 5 7 4 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law S WK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Social Work Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 206 Sacialaav Topics: Discrimination, Harassment, and Communication SPC 295-J Instructor: Robert Groven If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers? Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly, but most people don't know what they really mean. What kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and one test. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T/HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation (0.0 credit) THR 004-UHPE 004-2 Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium introduction to Music Theatre Performance THR 235-J/MUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-1. Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for Students in Social Work and Education January 6 - 27, 2000 EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. UMAIE SPP 201-J 3- Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. *Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina 'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln in Germany "I,'oitvogi~i,q C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula Interim Abroad *Egypt in Transition *In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta *The Many Faces of Japan *Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes *Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain *The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of the European Union Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA "Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala *Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Augsburg College Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Roseann Lloyd This course gives advanced writing students new ways of expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms: lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal, collecting language around town. In addition, each student writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire: Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This is an upper division class for writers who are committed to their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work. Room: Anderson 100 ACTC Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 2000 Academic Seminars Campaign 2000 January 3-14, 2000 POL 398-A This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the United States government that will focus not only on the new millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the Presidency The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14). Credit is available from the political science department for this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program, contact Prof. Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312, or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office. Other Courses I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1998
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..........
Show more ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..................... 33 Other Courses ...................47 Introduction Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Options International Interim-Students are invited to be part of one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division 499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1998 November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration First day of Interim January 5 . . ........................ Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 6 ............Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining grading option with Registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar January 28 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 330- 1150. Internal & Operational Audit ACC 424-1 Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project and final examination. Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 Life Drawing ART 247-1 Instructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-1 Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 4 Calligraphy I & I1 ART 106-1 ART 306-1 Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper Division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-1 lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Florida Keys Marine Biology Studies BIO 140-1 BIO 340-1 Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson 1\,1 1; -- The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-1 Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Contemporary International Business and Trade Issues BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe on the volume and structure of the international investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral presentation of the research paper and class participation. This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues. Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, kt! Th Room: Old Main 22 The Individual and the Organization BUS 495-0 SPC 495-0 Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be used to help participants better understand themselves and others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students majoring or minoring in business or in communication. Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-1 lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-1 Instructor Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 UNIX and C CSC 272-1 Instructor Noel Petit Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-1/373-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Economic Development EGO 295-A1495-A Instructor: Jeanne Boeh This class will focus on market-driven local development. Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development strategies and neighborhood development. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Personal Economics EGO 495-1 Instructor: Satya Gupta This course will examine, understand and analyze three aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the amount of money one has. The more money one has, the more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home, fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams. It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging. Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class. Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor: Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Media Technolo y (0.5 course cre at) 8 EDU 34 1-1 Instructor Linda Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-1 Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 International Education EDU 353-1 lnstructoc Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 Human Relations (0.5 course credit) EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology, EDU 341 -1. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Topics: Theatrical Performance in the Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater ENG 282-1/482-1 Instructor Ronald Palosaari The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write and a class presentation. Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Topics: Writing About the Arts in the Twin Cities ENG 282-U482-Z Instructor: Bob Cowgill This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in which writers can enhance the public's understanding and interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's journal, write four short papers and take a final exam. Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a 10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that occurs during the course's span. To register, students must have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout the Twin Cities. Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1 Graduation Skill Requirement Writing Maximum Enrollment: 2 2 Time: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Beginning German I GER 111-1 Instructor: John Van CIeve As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take the one with the most native speakers in the European Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M lnstructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym - north court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym -north court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-1 Instructor Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollmenl: 24 Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28) Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education (0.5 course credit) HPE 390-1 lnstructoc Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials included. Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1 - M, kt! & F Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January 1998) HPE 455-1 Instructor Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) Topics in U.S. World History: History by HoIIAyood HIS 195-1 lnstmtoc Rick Nelson \ L \ ~ \ & , ,L~ How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Lindell16 I . ' , .W .I Science and Religion HON 401-1 lnstructor: Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-1 lnstructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Paideia Seminars INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 Topics: An introduction to Law School INS 210-1 lnstructoc William 0.Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Introduction to Islam INS 225-1 Instructor Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Universals of Language LIN 290-1 Instructor: John Schmit Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Math of Interest MAT 173-1 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 Topics/Discrete Mathematics MAT 481-1 Instructor: Su Doree Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612 area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is that information is stored and manipulated by computing machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets, logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major or a computer science major with a mathematics minor. Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact Su Dorke for further information. Prerequisite: MAT 245 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-1 lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell 16 Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin I1 -e Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 197 1 - MUS 204-1 Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-1 lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO) Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.) Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre MUS 295- TnHR 295-T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-H Instructor Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music, where composition, recording and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 15 Beginning Norwegian I NOR 111-1 Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passion PHI 215-1 lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being. Students will read, discuss and then write about various aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life. We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay examination. Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy and the Arts PHI 260-1 Instructor David Apolloni We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts. Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 18 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-1 Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 Social Justice in America POL 140-1 lnstructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 24 Gender, Race and Class in the Mass Media POL 295-1 Instructor: Susan Riley How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions, and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela- tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio? At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the mass media. Students will present their case study results in a written paper and in a brief oral report to the class. Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 w Theology of Death and Dying REL 490-1 Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Culture, Family, Sex and Status: The New Testament Social World REL 330-1 Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-1 Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-1 lnstructoc Janelle Bussert 11 A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I/ Room: Science 112 Sociological Studies of Childhood SOC 232-1 lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options. Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-1 lnstructoc Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written assignments and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I Maximum Enmllment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enmllment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (full course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime) Room: Foss 21 Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies WST 205-1/405-1 Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level. Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper. Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P lnstructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F lnstructor: Carol Enke Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F Room: Air Slructure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-8 Instructor Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maxlmum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F Room: Air Structure UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 20 1-1 Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Egypt in Transition English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union Explore Peru's Past and Present From Auschwitz to Jerusalem The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of Caribbean Music Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany Malta: Knights and Crusaders Many Faces of Japan New Zealand: Natural History and Development Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective Theater in Britain Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality Other Interim Abroad Courses: Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program) Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 1998 Academic Seminars Leadership 2000: A Global Perspective on the Environment January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-A Women as Leaders January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-8 Inside Washington: Politics and the Media January 18-23, 1998 POL 3984 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University d Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall at the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and other interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 3 0 17 24 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18192021222324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 : 9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ........... (Mon.) ............ ............ Final registration and beginning of classes (Thurs.) ........................ Holiday (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin 19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 FEBRUARY 1970 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 , OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 (Fri.) ................. Final examinations June 9 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ July 21 Aug. 8 SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relati,on to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocatio,n, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students t o an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing comer is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for bidogy are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and General fee as described below. (per year) TUITION New freshmen entering September, 1969 (per year) This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) OTHER REQUIRED FEES General Fee (per year) (Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic productions, convocations, and the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969. Breakage Deposit Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) Late registration after classes begin (per day) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ (7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT ElMPLOYlVIENT An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Off ice of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at all possible. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49 grade average + + To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. - REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION IJ In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings. NUlMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department of Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING 2 crs. Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 67 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 68 PRINT MAKING II Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] 1 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9. Spring, 1969-70.1 1 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 1 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] 1 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] 1 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In general, a broad background in th
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a